KDC-220UI KDC-153UM KDC-1030U KDC-120U CD-RECEIVER INSTRUCTION MANUAL
© 2017 JVC KENWOOD Corporation B5A-2091-00 (MN/HN/M2N)
JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_C00_4.indd 1 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 7/13/2017 9:51:55 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) CONTENTS BEFORE USE BEFORE USE 2 IMPORTANT BASICS 3 • To ensure proper use, please read through this manual before using this product. It is especially important that you read and observe Warning and Caution in this manual. GETTING STARTED 4 • Please keep the manual in a safe and accessible place for future reference. 1 Select the display language WARNING and cancel the demonstration • Do not operate any function that takes your attention away from safe driving. 2 Set the clock and date • Do not ingest the battery, Chemical Burn Hazard 3 Set the initial settings The remote control supplied with this product contains a coin/button cell battery. RADIO 6 If the coin/button cell battery is swallowed, it can cause severe internal burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death. Keep new and used batteries away from children. AUX 7 If the battery compartment does not close securely, stop using the product and keep it away from children. If you think batteries might have been swallowed or placed inside any part of the body, seek immediate medical attention. CD/USB/iPod/ANDROID 8 Caution Pandora® 10 Volume setting: AUDIO SETTINGS 12 • Adjust the volume so that you can hear sounds outside the car to prevent accidents. • Lower the volume before playing digital sources to avoid damaging the speakers by the sudden increase of the output level. DISPLAY SETTINGS 13 General: REFERENCES 14 • Avoid using the external device if it might hinder safe driving. Maintenance • Make sure all important data has been backed up. We shall bear no responsibility for any loss of recorded data. More information • Never put or leave any metallic objects (such as coins or metal tools) inside the unit, to prevent a short circuit. • If a disc error occurs due to condensation on the laser lens, eject the disc and wait for the moisture to evaporate. TROUBLESHOOTING 17 • Depending on the types of cars, the antenna will automatically extend when you turn on the unit with the antenna control wire connected ( 21, 22). Turn off the unit or change the source to STANDBY when parking at a low ceiling area. INSTALLATION/ CONNECTION 19 Remote control (RC-406): • Do not leave the remote control in hot places such as on the dashboard. SPECIFICATIONS 23 • The Lithium battery is in danger of explosion if replaced incorrectly. Replace it only with the same or equivalent type. • The battery pack or batteries shall not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or the like.
How to read this manual • Operations are explained mainly using buttons on the faceplate of . • English indications are used for the purpose of explanation. You can select the display language from the [FUNCTION] menu. ( 5) • [XX] indicates the selected items. • ( XX) indicates references are available on the stated page.
2 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 2 7/13/2017 9:53:07 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) BASICS Faceplate Remote control (RC-406) Display window Loading slot Remote sensor (Do not expose to bright sunlight.) Volume knob
Pull out the insulation sheet * Not used when using for the first time.
Detach button Except for : Flashes when the unit : Can be remotely controlled with an enters searching status. optionally purchased remote control. Attach Detach How to reset How to replace the battery Your preset adjustments will be erased except stored radio stations.
To On the faceplate On the remote control Turn on the power Press . Press and hold SRC to turn off the power. • Press and hold to turn off the power. ( Pressing SRC does not turn on the power. ) Adjust the volume Turn the volume knob. Press or . • Press and hold to continuously increase the volume to 15. Press ATT during playback to attenuate the sound. • Press again to cancel. Select a source Press repeatedly. Press SRC repeatedly. Change the display information Press DISP repeatedly. ( 16) ( Not available )
ENGLISH 3
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 3 7/13/2017 9:53:08 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) GETTING STARTED To set the date 7 Turn the volume knob to select [DATE FORMAT], then press the knob. 8 Turn the volume knob to select [DD/MM/YY] or [MM/DD/YY], then press the knob. 9 Turn the volume knob to select [DATE SET], then press the knob. 10 Turn the volume knob to make the settings, then press the knob. Day Month Year or Month Day Year 11 Press and hold to exit. 1 Select the display language and cancel the demonstration To return to the previous setting item, press . When you turn on the power (or after you reset the unit), the display shows: “SEL LANGUAGE” “PRESS” “VOLUME KNOB” 3 Set the initial settings 1 Turn the volume knob to select the display language, then press the knob. 1 Press repeatedly to enter STANDBY. Selectable display language: 2 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. / / : [ENG] (English)/[TUR] (Turkish) • Pressing AUD enters [AUDIO CONTROL] directly. : [EN] (English)/[RU] (Russian)/[TU] (Turkish)/[SP] (Spanish) 3 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table), [ENG]/[EN] is selected for the initial setup. then press the knob. Then, the display shows: “CANCEL DEMO” “PRESS” “VOLUME 4 Repeat step 3 until the desired item is selected or activated. KNOB”. 5 Press and hold to exit. 2 Press the volume knob. To return to the previous setting item, press . [YES] is selected for the initial setup. 3 Press the volume knob again. Default: XX “DEMO OFF” appears. AUDIO CONTROL 2 Set the clock and date SWITCH PREOUT REAR/SUBWOOFER or REAR/SUB-W: Selects whether rear speakers or a subwoofer are connected to the line out terminals on the rear (through 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. an external amplifier). ( 21, 22) 2 Turn the volume knob to select [CLOCK], then press the knob. SP SELECT OFF/ 5/4/ 6 × 9/6/ OEM: Selects according to the speaker size (5 inches To adjust the clock or 4 inches, 6×9 inches or 6 inches) or OEM speakers for optimum 3 Turn the volume knob to select [CLOCK ADJUST], then press the knob. performance. 4 Turn the volume knob to make the settings, then press the knob. Hour Minute 5 Turn the volume knob to select [CLOCK FORMAT], then press the knob. 6 Turn the volume knob to select [12H] or [24H], then press the knob.
4 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 4 7/13/2017 9:53:09 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) GETTING STARTED
DISPLAY CD READ 1: Automatically distinguishes between audio file disc and music CD. ; 2: Forces to play as a music CD. No sound can be heard if an audio file disc EASY MENU (Except for ) is played. When entering [FUNCTION]... ON: ZONE 1 illumination changes to white color. ; F/W UPDATE OFF: ZONE 1 illumination remains as [COLOR SELECT] color. ( 14) UPDATE SYSTEM • ZONE 2 illumination changes to light blue color when you enter [FUNCTION], irregardless of the [EASY MENU] setting. F/W UP xxxx YES: Starts upgrading the firmware. ; NO: Cancels (upgrading is not • Refer to the illustration on page 13 for zone identification. activated). For details on how to update the firmware, visit TUNER SETTING
ENGLISH 5
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 5 7/13/2017 9:53:09 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) RADIO
Other settings 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table), then press the knob. 3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected or activated. 4 Press and hold to exit. Selectable band: To return to the previous setting item, press . / / : FM1/FM2/FM3/AM/SW1/SW2 : FM1/FM2/FM3/AM Default: XX TUNER SETTING Search for a station LOCAL SEEK*1 ON: Searches only stations with good reception. ; OFF: Cancels. 1 Press repeatedly to select RADIO. • Settings made are applicable only to the selected source/station. 2 Press repeatedly (or press / on the remote Once you change the source/station, you need to make the settings control) to select the band. again. 3 Press S / T (or press S / on the remote control) to search AUTO YES: Automatically starts memorizing 6 stations with good reception. ; for a station. MEMORY NO: Cancels. • To change the searching method for S / T: Press repeatedly. • Selectable only if [NORMAL] is selected for [PRESET TYPE]. AUTO1 : Automatically search for a station. ( 5) AUTO2 : Search for a preset station. MONO SET ON: Improves the FM reception, but the stereo effect may be lost. ; MANUAL : Manually search for a station. OFF: Cancels. • To store a station: Press and hold one of the number buttons (1 to 6). • To select a stored station: Press one of the number buttons (1 to 6) (or NEWS SET ON: The unit will temporarily switch to News Programme if available. ; press one of the number buttons (1 to 6) on the remote control). OFF: Cancels. REGIONAL*2 ON: Switches to another station only in the specific region using the Direct Access Tuning (using the remote control) “AF” control. ; OFF: Cancels. 1 Press DIRECT to enter Direct Access Tuning. AF SET*2 ON: Automatically searches for another station broadcasting the same 2 Press the number buttons to enter a frequency. program in the same Radio Data System network with better reception 3 Press to search for a station. when the current reception is poor. ; OFF: Cancels. • To cancel, press or DIRECT. *1 / / : AM/SW1/SW2 stations only. • If no operation is done for 10 seconds after step 2, Direct Access Tuning is : FM stations only. automatically canceled. *2 / / : Default: [OFF] : Default: [ON] 6 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 6 7/13/2017 9:53:10 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) RADIO AUX
TI ON: Allows the unit to temporarily switch to Traffic Information if available Preparation: (“TI” lights up). ; OFF: Cancels. Select [ON] for [BUILT-IN AUX] in [SOURCE SELECT]. ( 5) PTY SEARCH 1 Turn the volume knob to select the available Program Type, then press the knob. Start listening 2 Turn the volume knob to select the PTY language (ENGLISH/FRENCH/ 1 Connect a portable audio player (commercially available). GERMAN), then press the knob. 3 Press S / T to start searching. Auxiliary input jack Portable audio player CLOCK TIME SYNC ON: Synchronizes the unit’s time to the Radio Data System station time. ; OFF: Cancels.
Available Program Type for [PTY SEARCH] 3.5 mm stereo mini plug with “L” shaped SPEECH : NEWS, AFFAIRS, INFO (information), SPORT, EDUCATE, DRAMA, connector (commercially available) CULTURE, SCIENCE, VARIED, WEATHER, FINANCE, CHILDREN, SOCIAL, RELIGION, PHONE IN, TRAVEL, LEISURE, DOCUMENT 2 Press repeatedly to select AUX. MUSIC : POP M (music), ROCK M (music), EASY M (music), LIGHT M (music), 3 Turn on the portable audio player and start playback. CLASSICS, OTHER M (music), JAZZ, COUNTRY, NATION M (music), OLDIES, FOLK M (music) The unit will search for the Program Type categorized under [SPEECH] or Set the AUX name [MUSIC] if selected. While listening to a portable audio player connected to the unit... • [MONO SET]/[NEWS SET]/[REGIONAL]/[AF SET]/[TI]/[PTY SEARCH] is selectable 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. only when the band is FM1/FM2/FM3. 2 Turn the volume knob to select [SYSTEM], then press the knob. • If the volume is adjusted during reception of traffic information, alarm 3 Turn the volume knob to select [AUX NAME SET], then press the knob. or news bulletin, the adjusted volume is memorized automatically. It 4 Turn the volume knob to select an item, then press the knob. will be applied the next time traffic information, alarm or news bulletin AUX (default)/DVD/PORTABLE/GAME/VIDEO/TV is turned on. 5 Press and hold to exit. To return to the previous setting item, press .
ENGLISH 7
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 7 7/13/2017 9:53:10 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) CD/USB/iPod/ANDROID
Start playback Selectable source: The source changes automatically and : CD/USB/iPod/ playback starts. ANDROID CD Other models : CD/USB/ANDROID M Eject disc Label side
To On the faceplate On the remote control Playback/pause Press . Press . Reverse/Fast-forward*4 Press and hold S / T. Press and hold S / . USB input terminal Select a track/file Press S / T. Press S / . USB Select a folder*5 Press / . Press / . Repeat play*6 Press repeatedly. CA-U1EX (max.: 500 mA) (optional accessory) TRACK REPEAT/ALL REPEAT: Audio CD FILE REPEAT/FOLDER REPEAT/ALL REPEAT: MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC file iPod/iPhone FILE REPEAT/FOLDER REPEAT/REPEAT OFF: iPod or ANDROID Random play*6 Press repeatedly. KCA-iP102/KCA-iP103 DISC RANDOM/RANDOM OFF: Audio CD 1 (optional accessory)* or FOLDER RANDOM/RANDOM OFF: MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC file, iPod or 2 accessory of the iPod/iPhone* ANDROID Press and hold to select ALL RANDOM.*7 ANDROID*3 *1 KCA-iP102 : 30-pin type, KCA-iP103 : Lightning type *2 Do not leave the cable inside the car when not using. * 3 When connecting an Android device, “Press [VIEW] to install KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP” is shown. Follow the instructions USB cable*2 to install the application. You can also install the latest version of KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY application on your Android device (commercially available) before connecting. For more information, visit
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 8 7/13/2017 9:53:10 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) CD/USB/iPod/ANDROID
Select control mode Select a file from a folder/list While in iPod source, press 5 repeatedly. For iPod/ANDROID, applicable only when [MODE OFF]/[BROWSE MODE] is selected. MODE ON : Control iPod using the iPod itself. However, you 1 Press . can still play/pause, file skip, fast-forward or reverse 2 Turn the volume knob to select a folder/list, then press the knob. from this unit. 3 Turn the volume knob to select a file, then press the knob. MODE OFF : Control iPod from this unit. Quick Search (applicable only for CD, USB and ANDROID source) While in ANDROID source, press 5 repeatedly. If you have many files, you can search through them quickly. BROWSE MODE : Control Android device from this unit via Turn the volume knob quickly to browse through the list quickly. KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY application installed in the Android device. Skip Search (applicable only for iPod and ANDROID source) HAND MODE : Control Android device using the Android Press S / T to search at a preset skip search ratio. ( 10, [SKIP SEARCH]) device itself via other media player applications • Pressing and holding S / T searches at a 10% ratio. installed in the Android device. However, you can still play/pause and file skip from this unit. Alphabet search (applicable only for iPod and ANDROID source) You can search for a file according to the first character. Select music drive For iPod source 1 Turn the volume knob quickly to enter character search. While in USB source, press 5 repeatedly. 2 Turn the volume knob to select the character. Stored songs in the following drive will be played back. • Select “ * ” to search for a character other than A to Z, 0 to 9. • Selected internal or external memory of a smartphone (Mass 3 Press S / T to move to the entry position. Storage Class). • You can enter up to 3 characters. • Selected drive of a multiple drives device. 4 Press the volume knob to start searching. For ANDROID source Listen to TuneIn Radio/TuneIn Radio Pro/Aupeo 1 Press / to enter character search. (for ) 2 Turn the volume knob to select the character. ^A^: Upper case letters (A to Z) While listening to TuneIn Radio, TuneIn Radio Pro or Aupeo, _A_: Lower case letters (a to z) connect the iPod/iPhone to the USB input terminal of the unit. -0-: Numbers (0 to 9) • The unit will output the sound from these applications. ***: Character other than A to Z, 0 to 9 3 Press the volume knob to start searching. • To return to the root folder/first file/top menu, press 5. • To return to the previous setting item, press . • To cancel, press and hold .
ENGLISH 9
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 9 7/13/2017 9:53:11 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) CD/USB/iPod/ANDROID Pandora® (for ) Preparation: Direct Music Search (using the remote control) Install the latest version of the Pandora application on your device (iPhone/iPod 1 Press DIRECT. touch), then create an account and log in to Pandora. 2 Press the number buttons to enter a track/file number. • Select [ON] for [PANDORA SRC] in [SOURCE SELECT]. ( 5) 3 Press to search for music. • To cancel, press or DIRECT. Start listening • Not available if Random Play is selected. • Not applicable for iPod and ANDROID source. 1 Open the Pandora application on your device. 2 Connect your device to the USB input terminal.
Other settings USB input terminal 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table), then press the knob. 3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected or activated. KCA-iP102/KCA-iP103 (optional accessory)*1 4 Press and hold to exit. or accessory of the iPod/iPhone*2
To return to the previous setting item, press . The source changes to PANDORA and broadcast starts. Default: XX USB To On the faceplate On the remote control MUSIC DRIVE DRIVE CHANGE: The next drive ([DRIVE 1] to [DRIVE 5]) is Playback/pause Press . Press . selected automatically and playback starts. Skip a track Press T. Press . Repeat steps 1 to 3 to select the following drives. Thumbs up or thumbs down*3 Press / . Press / . SKIP SEARCH 0.5%/1%/5%/10%: While listening to iPod or ANDROID source, selects the skip search ratio over the total files. *1 KCA-iP102 : 30-pin type, KCA-iP103 : Lightning type *2 Do not leave the cable inside the car when not using. *3 If thumbs down is selected, the current track is skipped.
10 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 10 7/13/2017 9:53:11 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) Pandora® (for )
Create and save a new station Delete a station 1 Press . While listening to PANDORA... 2 Turn the volume knob to select [NEW STATION], then press the knob. 1 Press . 3 Turn the volume knob to select [FROM ARTIST] or [FROM TRACK], then 2 Turn the volume knob to select [STATION DEL], then press the knob. press the knob. 3 Turn the volume knob to select [SORT BY DATE] or [SORT BY A-Z], then A new station is created based on the artist or current song. press the knob. 4 Press and hold one of the number buttons (1 to 5) to store. 4 Turn the volume knob to select the desired station to delete, then press the knob. To select a stored station: Press one of the number buttons (1 to 5). 5 Turn the volume knob to select [YES], then press the knob. 6 Press and hold to exit. Search for a registered station To return to the previous setting item, press . 1 Press . 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item, then press the knob. [SORT BY DATE] : According to the registered date [SORT BY A-Z] : By alphabetical order 3 Turn the volume knob (or press J / K on the remote control) to select the desired station. 4 Press the volume knob (press on the remote control) to confirm. To cancel, press and hold .
Bookmark current song information Press and hold the volume knob. “BOOKMARKED” appears and the information is stored to your device. • The bookmark is available on your Pandora account but not on this unit.
ENGLISH 11
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 11 7/13/2017 9:53:11 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) AUDIO SETTINGS
While listening to any source... MID ADJUST MID CTR FRQ 0.5KHZ/1.0KHZ/1.5KHZ/2.5KHZ: Selects the 1 Press AUD to enter [AUDIO CONTROL] directly. center frequency. 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item (see the following table), MID LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1): Adjusts the level. then press the knob. 3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected or activated. MID Q FACTOR 0.75/1.00/1.25: Adjusts the quality factor. 4 Press and hold to exit. TRE ADJUST TRE CTR FRQ 10.0KHZ/12.5KHZ/15.0KHZ/17.5KHZ: Selects the To return to the previous setting item, press . center frequency. (or using the remote control) TRE LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1): Adjusts the level. 1 Press AUD to enter [AUDIO CONTROL]. PRESET EQ DRIVE EQ/TOP40/POWERFUL/ROCK/POPS/EASY/JAZZ/NATURAL/ 2 Press J / K to select an item, then press . USER: Selects a preset equalizer suitable to the music genre. (Select [USER] to use the settings made in [EQ PRO].) [DRIVE EQ] is a preset equalizer that reduces noise outside the car or Default: XX running noise of the tyres. AUDIO CONTROL BASS BOOST LEVEL1/LEVEL2/LEVEL3 or LV1/LV2/LV3: Selects your preferred bass SUB-W LEVEL –15 to +15 (0) Adjusts the subwoofer output level. boost level. ; OFF: Cancels. BASS LEVEL –8 to +8 (+2) LOUDNESS LEVEL1/LEVEL2 or LV1/LV2: Selects your preferred low and high Adjusts the level to memorize for each source. frequencies boost to produce a well-balanced sound at a low volume MID LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1) (Before making an adjustment, select the source you level. ; OFF: Cancels. want to adjust.) TRE LEVEL –8 to +8 (+1) SUBWOOFER SET ON: Turns on the subwoofer output. ; OFF: Cancels. EQ PRO (This setting is stored to [USER].) LPF SUBWOOFER THROUGH: All signals are sent to the subwoofer. ; BASS ADJUST BASS CTR FRQ 60HZ/80HZ/100HZ/200HZ or 60/80/100/200: 85HZ/120HZ/160HZ: Audio signals with frequencies lower than Selects the center frequency. 85 Hz/120 Hz/160 Hz are sent to the subwoofer. BASS LEVEL –8 to +8 (+2): Adjusts the level. SUB-W PHASE REVERSE (180°)/NORMAL (0°): Selects the phase of the subwoofer output to be in line with the speaker output for optimum performance. BASS Q FACTOR 1.00/1.25/1.50/2.00: Adjusts the quality factor. (Selectable only if a setting other than [THROUGH] is selected for BASS EXTEND ON: Turns on the extended bass. ; OFF: Cancels. [LPF SUBWOOFER].)
12 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 12 7/13/2017 9:53:11 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) AUDIO SETTINGS DISPLAY SETTINGS
FADER R15 to F15 (0): Adjusts the rear and front speaker output balance. Zone identification for color and brightness settings BALANCE L15 to R15 (0): Adjusts the left and right speaker output balance. VOLUME OFFSET For AUX: –8 to +8 (0) ; For other sources: –8 to 0: Preset the initial volume level of each source. (Before adjustment, select the source you want to adjust.) SOUND RECNSTR ON: Creates realistic sound by compensating the high-frequency (Sound reconstruction) components and restoring the rise-time of the waveform that are lost in audio data compression. ; OFF: Cancels. • [SUB-W LEVEL]/[SUBWOOFER SET]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUB-W PHASE] is Zone identification for brightness settings selectable only if [SWITCH PREOUT] is set to [SUBWOOFER] or [SUB-W]. ( 4) • [SUB-W LEVEL]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUB-W PHASE] is selectable only if [SUBWOOFER SET] is set to [ON]. ( 12)
Set the dimmer Press and hold DISP to turn on or off the dimmer. • If you have set [DIMMER TIME] ( 14), it will be canceled once you press and hold this button.
Other settings 1 Press the volume knob to enter [FUNCTION]. 2 Turn the volume knob to select an item ( 14), then press the knob. 3 Repeat step 2 until the desired item is selected/activated or follow the instructions stated on the selected item. 4 Press and hold to exit. To return to the previous setting item, press .
ENGLISH 13
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 13 7/13/2017 9:53:11 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) DISPLAY SETTINGS REFERENCES Default: XX Maintenance DISPLAY Cleaning the unit Wipe off dirt on the faceplate with a dry silicone or soft cloth. COLOR SELECT (For / / ) Select color for ALL ZONE, ZONE 1 and ZONE 2 separately. Cleaning the connector 1 Select a zone. (See the illustration on page 13.) Detach the faceplate and clean the connector gently 2 Select a color for the selected zone. with a cotton swab, being careful not to damage INITIAL COLOR/VARIABLE SCAN/CUSTOM R/G/B/preset colors* the connector.
To make your own color, select [CUSTOM R/G/B]. The color you have Connector (on the reverse made will be stored in [CUSTOM R/G/B]. Handling discs side of the faceplate) 1 Press the volume knob to enter the detailed color adjustment. • Do not touch the recording surface of the disc. 2 Press S / T to select the color (R/G/B) to adjust. • Do not stick tape etc. on the disc, or use a disc with tape stuck on it. 3 Turn the volume knob to adjust the level (0 to 9), then press the knob. • Do not use any accessories for the disc. DIMMER Dim the illumination. • Clean from the center of the disc and move outward. ON: Dimmer is turned on. ; OFF: Cancels. • Clean the disc with a dry silicone or soft cloth. Do not use any solvents. DIMMER TIME: Set the dimmer on and off time. • When removing discs from this unit, pull them out horizontally. 1 Turn the volume knob to adjust the [ON] time, then press the knob. • Remove burrs from the center hole and disc edge before inserting a disc. 2 Turn the volume knob to adjust the [OFF] time, then press the knob. (Default: More information [ON]: PM6:00, 6:00PM, 18:00 ; [OFF]: AM6:00, 6:00AM, 6:00) For: – Latest firmware updates and latest compatible item list BRIGHTNESS 1 Select a zone. (See the illustration on page 13.) – Any other latest information 2 0 — 31: Select your preferred brightness level for the selected zone. Visit
14 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 14 7/13/2017 9:53:11 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) REFERENCES
Playable files About Android device • Playable audio file: • This unit supports Android OS 4.1 and above. For disc: MP3 (.mp3), WMA (.wma) • Some Android devices (with OS 4.1 and above) may not fully support Android Open Accessory For USB mass storage class device: MP3 (.mp3), WMA (.wma), WAV (.wav), FLAC (.flac) (AOA) 2.0. • Playable disc media: CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROM • If the Android device supports both mass storage class device and AOA 2.0, this unit always • Playable disc file format: ISO 9660 Level 1/2, Joliet, Long file name playback via AOA 2.0 as priority. • Playable USB device file system: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32 Even when audio files comply with the standards listed above, playback may be impossible About Pandora depending on the types or conditions of media or device. • Pandora is only available in certain countries. For more information, visit
About USB devices • You cannot connect a USB device via a USB hub. • Connecting a cable whose total length is longer than 5 m may result in abnormal playback. • This unit cannot recognize a USB device whose rating is other than 5 V and exceeds 1 A.
About iPod/iPhone Made for – iPod touch (5th and 6th generation) – iPod nano (7th generation) – iPhone 4S, 5, 5S, 5C, 6, 6 Plus, 6S, 6S Plus, SE, 7, 7 Plus • You cannot operate iPod if “KENWOOD” or “ ” is displayed on iPod. • Depending on the version of the operating system of the iPod/iPhone, some functions may not operate on this unit.
ENGLISH 15
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 15 7/13/2017 9:53:12 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) REFERENCES
Change the display information Each time you press DISP, the display information changes. • If the information is unavailable or not recorded, “NO TEXT”, “NO INFO”, or other information (eg. station name, playing time) appears.
Display information Source name / / STANDBY Source name (Date/Clock) Source name Clock (back to the beginning) RADIO Frequency (Date/Clock) Frequency Clock (back to the beginning) (For FM Radio Data System stations only) (For FM Radio Data System stations only) Station name (Date/Clock) Radio text (Date/Clock) Radio text+ (R.TEXT+) Station name Radio text Radio text+ Title/Artist Frequency Clock Title (Artist) Title (Date/Clock) Frequency (Date/Clock) (back to the beginning) (back to the beginning) CD or USB (For CD-DA) (For CD-DA) Track title (Artist) Track title (Disc name) Track title (Date/Clock) Disc name/Artist Track title/Artist Playing time Clock (back to the Playing time (Date/Clock) (back to the beginning) beginning) (For MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC files) (For MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC files) Song title (Artist) Song title (Album title) Song title (Date/Clock) Song title/Artist Album title/Artist Folder name File name Playing time File name (Folder name) File name (Date/Clock) Playing time (Date/Clock) Clock (back to the beginning) (back to the beginning) iPod or ANDROID When [MODE OFF]/[BROWSE MODE] is selected. ( 9) When [BROWSE MODE] is selected. ( 9) Song title (Artist) Song title (Album name) Song title (Date/Clock) Song title/Artist Album title/Artist Playing time Clock Playing time (Date/Clock) (back to the beginning) (back to the beginning) PANDORA Station name (Date/Clock) Shared/Radio station (Date/Clock) Song title (Artist) Song title (Album title) Song title (Date/Clock) Playing time — (Date/Clock) (back to the beginning) AUX Source name (Date/Clock) Source name Clock (back to the beginning)
16 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 16 7/13/2017 9:53:12 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom Remedy Symptom Remedy Sound cannot be heard. • Adjust the volume to the optimum level. Correct characters are • This unit can only display uppercase letters, numbers, and a • Check the cords and connections. not displayed (e.g. limited number of symbols. album name). • Depending on the display language you have selected “MISWIRING CHECK WIRING Turn the power off, then check to be sure the ( 5), some characters may not be displayed correctly. THEN PWR ON” appears. terminals of the speaker wires are insulated properly. Turn the power on again. “NA FILE” Make sure the disc contains supported audio files. ( 15) “PROTECTING SEND SERVICE” Send the unit to the nearest service center. “NO DISC” Insert a playable disc into the loading slot. appears. General “TOC ERROR” Make sure the disc is clean and inserted properly. • Sound cannot be heard. Clean the connectors. ( 14) “PLEASE EJECT” Reset the unit. If this does not solve the problem, consult your • The unit does not turn on. nearest service center. • Information shown on the CD/USB/iPod display is incorrect. “NO DEVICE” Connect a USB device, and change the source to USB again. The unit does not work at all. Reset the unit. ( 3) “COPY PRO” A copy-protected file is played. • Radio reception is poor. Connect the antenna firmly. “NA DEVICE” Connect a supported USB device, and check the connections. • Static noise while listening
Radio “NO MUSIC” Connect a USB device that contains playable audio files. to the radio. “iPod ERROR” • Reconnect the iPod. M Disc cannot be ejected. Press and hold to forcibly eject the disc. Be careful • Reset the iPod. not to drop the disc when it is ejected. If this does not solve the problem, reset the unit. ( 3) • Sound cannot • Reconnect the Android device. be heard during • If in [HAND MODE], launch any media player application Noise is generated. Skip to another track or change the disc. playback. on the Android device and start playback. Tracks do not play back as you Playback order is determined when files are recorded. • Sound output only • If in [HAND MODE], relaunch the current media player intended them to play. from the Android application or use another media player application. ANDROID CD/USB/iPod device. • Restart the Android device. “READING” keeps flashing. Do not use too many hierarchical levels or folders. • If this does not solve the problem, the connected Android Elapsed playing time is not This is caused by how the tracks are recorded. device is unable to route the audio signal to unit. ( 15) correct.
ENGLISH 17
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 17 7/13/2017 9:53:14 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom Remedy Muting upon the reception of a phone call Connect the MUTE wire to your telephone using a commercial telephone accessory. Cannot playback at • Make sure KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP is installed on the ( 21, 22) [BROWSE MODE]. Android device. ( 8) • Reconnect the Android device and select the appropriate control When a call comes in, “CALL” appears. (The audio system pauses.) mode. • To continue listening to the audio system during a call, press . “CALL” • If this does not solve the problem, the connected Android device disappears and the audio system resumes. does not support [BROWSE MODE]. ( 15) When the call ends, “CALL” disappears. (The audio system resumes.) “NO DEVICE” or • Switch off the developer options on the Android device. “READING” keeps • Reconnect the Android device.
ANDROID flashing. • If this does not solve the problem, the connected Android device does not support [BROWSE MODE]. ( 15) Playback is intermittent Turn off the power saving mode on the Android device. or sound skips. “ANDROID ERROR”/ • Reconnect the Android device. “NA DEVICE” • Restart the Android device. “ADD ERROR” New station creation is unsuccessful. “CHECK DEVICE” Check the Pandora application on your device. “NO SKIPS” The skip limit has been reached. “NO STATIONS” No stations are found. “STATION LIMIT” The number of registered stations has reached its limit. Retry after deleting unnecessary stations from your device. Pandora “CONNECT ERROR” Communication is unstable. “RATING ERROR” Registration of thumbs up/thumbs down has failed due to insufficient network connectivity. “THUMBS N/A” Registration of thumbs up/thumbs down is not allowed. “LICENSE ERROR” You try to access from a country which Pandora is not deliverable.
18 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 18 7/13/2017 9:53:14 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
Warning • The unit can only be used with a 12 V DC power supply, negative ground. Part list for installation • Disconnect the battery’s negative terminal before wiring and mounting. • Do not connect Battery wire (yellow) and Ignition wire (red) to the car chassis or Ground wire (black) (A) Faceplate (B) Trim plate to prevent a short circuit. • To prevent short circuit: – Insulate unconnected wires with vinyl tape. – Be sure to ground this unit to the car’s chassis again after installation. – Secure the wires with cable clamps and wrap vinyl tape around the wires that come into contact with metal parts to protect the wires.
Caution • For safety’s sake, leave wiring and mounting to professionals. Consult the car audio dealer. • Install this unit in the console of your vehicle. Do not touch the metal parts of this unit during and (C) Mounting sleeve (D) Extraction key shortly after use of the unit. Metal parts such as the heat sink and enclosure become hot. • Do not connect the [ wires of speakers to the car chassis or Ground wire (black), or connect them in parallel. • Mount the unit at an angle of less than 30º. • If your vehicle wiring harness does not have the ignition terminal, connect Ignition wire (red) to the terminal on the vehicle’s fuse box which provides 12 V DC power supply and is turned on and off by the ignition key. • Keep all cables away from heat dissipate metal parts. • After the unit is installed, check whether the brake lamps, blinkers, wipers, etc. on the car are working properly. (E) Wiring harness • If the fuse blows, first make sure the wires are not touching car’s chassis, then replace the old fuse with one that has the same rating.
Basic procedure 1 Remove the key from the ignition switch, then disconnect the [ terminal of the car battery. 2 Connect the wires properly. See Wiring connection. ( 21, 22) 3 Install the unit to your car. See Installing the unit (in-dash mounting). ( 20) 4 Connect the [ terminal of the car battery. 5 Detach the faceplate and reset the unit. ( 3)
ENGLISH 19
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 19 7/13/2017 9:53:14 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
Installing the unit (in-dash mounting) When installing without the mounting sleeve 1 Remove the mounting sleeve and trim plate from the unit. 2 Align the holes in the unit (on both sides) with the vehicle mounting bracket and secure the unit with screws (supplied).
Do the required wiring. ( 21, 22) – – – – – or – – – – –
Hook on the top side The following screws are supplied for: Orientate the trim plate as Dashboard of / / : illustrated before fitting. your car Round head screws (M5 × 8 mm) × 4 To secure the mounting bracket Flat head screws (M5 × 8 mm) × 4
Bend the appropriate tabs to hold the To secure the ground Sems screws (M4 × 8 mm) × 1 mounting sleeve firmly in place. wire (black)
:
How to remove the unit Round head screws (Ø5 × 8 mm) × 4 1 Detach the faceplate. To secure the mounting 2 Fit the catch pin on the extraction keys bracket into the holes on both sides of the trim Flat head screws (Ø5 × 8 mm) × 4 plate, then pull it out. To secure the ground 3 Insert the extraction keys deeply into Sems screws (M4 × 8 mm) × 1 the slots on each side, then follow the wire (black) arrows as shown on the illustration. Use only the specified screws. Using wrong screws might damage the unit.
20 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 20 7/13/2017 9:53:14 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
Wiring connection (for / / ) IMPORTANT: We recommend installing the unit with a commercially available custom wiring harness specific for your car and leave this job Output terminals to professionals for your safety. Consult your car audio dealer.
When connecting to an external amplifier, connect its ground wire to the car’s chassis to avoid damaging the unit. Fuse (10 A)
Antenna terminal
White To front speaker (left) White/Black If no connections are made, do not let the wire come out from the tab. Gray Brown To the terminal that is grounded when the To front speaker (right) Gray/Black (Mute control wire) telephone rings or during conversation Green ( 18) To rear speaker (left) Green/Black (To connect the Kenwood navigation system, refer your navigation manual.) Purple To rear speaker (right) Purple/Black Blue/White To the power control terminal when using the (Power control wire/ optional power amplifier or to the antenna Ignition switch Car fuse box Antenna control wire) control terminal in the vehicle Red (Ignition wire) (12 V 350 mA)
Yellow (Battery wire) Light blue/yellow To the steering wheel remote control adapter Car fuse box (Steering remote control Black (Ground wire) wire)
Battery To the metallic body or chassis of the car
ENGLISH 21
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 21 7/13/2017 9:53:15 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) INSTALLATION/CONNECTION
Wiring connection (for ) If your car does not have an ISO terminal: Output terminals Fuse (10 A) We recommend installing the unit with a commercially available custom wiring harness specific for your car and leave this job to professionals for your safety. Consult Antenna terminal your car audio dealer.
When connecting to an external amplifier, connect its ground wire to the car’s chassis to avoid damaging Connecting the ISO connectors on some VW/Audi or Opel the unit. (Vauxhall) automobiles You may need to modify the wiring of the supplied wiring harness as illustrated below. A7 (Red) Ignition wire (Red) If no connections are made, do not let the wire come out from the tab. Vehicle Unit
A4 (Yellow) Battery wire (Yellow) Yellow (Battery wire) Light blue/yellow To the steering wheel remote control (Steering remote control adapter wire) Default wiring Red (Ignition wire)
Pin Color and function To the power control terminal when A4 Yellow : Battery Blue/White*2 using the optional power amplifier A5 Blue/White*1 : Power control (Power control wire/ or to the antenna control terminal in A7 Red : Ignition (ACC) Red (A7) Antenna control wire) the vehicle A8 Black : Earth (ground) connection B1 Purple ] : Rear speaker (right) Yellow (A4) B2 Purple/black [ To the terminal that is grounded Brown when the telephone rings or during B3 Gray ] : Front speaker (right) conversation ( 18) B4 [ (Mute control wire) Gray/black (To connect the Kenwood navigation B5 White ] : Front speaker (left) system, refer your navigations manual.) B6 White/black [ ISO connectors B7 Green ] 1 2 : Rear speaker (left) NOTE: Total output for Blue/White wire (* ) + (* ) is 12 V 350 mA. B8 Green/black [
22 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 22 7/13/2017 9:53:15 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) SPECIFICATIONS
/ / : : FM Frequency Range 87.5 MHz — 108.0 MHz (50 kHz space) FM Frequency Range 87.5 MHz — 108.0 MHz (50 kHz space) Usable Sensitivity (S/N = 26 dB) 8.2 dBf (0.71 μV/75 Ω) Usable Sensitivity (S/N = 26 dB) 0.71 μV/75 Ω Quieting Sensitivity 17.2 dBf (2.0 μV/75 Ω) Quieting Sensitivity 2.0 μV/75 Ω (DIN S/N = 46 dB) (DIN S/N = 46 dB)
Frequency Response (±3 dB) 30 Hz — 15 kHz Tuner Frequency Response (±3 dB) 30 Hz — 15 kHz Signal-to-Noise Ratio (MONO) 64 dB Signal-to-Noise Ratio (MONO) 64 dB Stereo Separation (1 kHz) 40 dB Stereo Separation (1 kHz) 40 dB AM Frequency Range Band 1 (MW) 531 kHz — 1 602 kHz AM Frequency Range 531 kHz — 1 602 kHz (9 kHz space) (9 kHz space) Tuner Usable Sensitivity (S/N = 20 dB) 28.2 μV Band 2 (SW1) 2 940 kHz — 7 735 kHz (5 kHz space) * SW (2 940 kHz — 18 135 kHz) is not supported for . Band 3 (SW2) 9 500 kHz — 10 135 kHz/ 11 580 kHz — 18 135 kHz (5 kHz space) Channel Space Selection Band 1 9 kHz Band 2/ 3 5 kHz Usable Sensitivity MW 29.0 dBμ (28.2 μV) (S/N = 20 dB) SW 30 dBμ (32 μV)
ENGLISH 23
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 23 7/13/2017 9:53:15 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) SPECIFICATIONS
Laser Diode GaAIAs Maximum Output Power 50 W × 4 Digital Filter (D/A) 8 times over sampling Full Bandwidth Power 22 W × 4 (at less than 1 % THD) Spindle Speed 500 rpm — 200 rpm (CLV) Speaker Impedance 4 Ω — 8 Ω Wow & Flutter Below measurable limit Tone Action Bass 100 Hz ±8 dB
Frequency Response (±1 dB) 20 Hz — 20 kHz Audio Middle 1.0 kHz ±8 dB Total Harmonic Distortion (1 kHz) 0.01 % Treble 12.5 kHz ±8 dB
CD player Signal-to-Noise Ratio (1 kHz) 105 dB Preout Level/Load (CD) 2 500 mV/10 kΩ Dynamic Range 90 dB Preout Impedance ≤ 600 Ω Channel Separation 85 dB Frequency Response (±3 dB) 20 Hz — 20 kHz MP3 Decode Compliant with MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3 Input Maximum Voltage 1 000 mV
WMA Decode Compliant with Windows Media Audio Auxiliary Input Impedance 30 kΩ USB Standard USB 1.1, USB 2.0 Full Speed Operating Voltage 14.4 V (10.5 V — 16 V allowable) File System FAT12/16/32 Maximum Current Consumption 10 A Maximum Supply Current DC 5 V 1 A Operational Temperature Range –10°C — +60°C MP3 Decode Compliant with MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3 USB General Installation Size (W × H × D) 182 mm × 53 mm × 158 mm WMA Decode Compliant with Windows Media Audio Net Weight (includes Trimplate, 1.2 kg WAV Decode Linear-PCM Mounting Sleeve) FLAC Decode FLAC file (Up to 48 kHz/16 bit) Subject to change without notice.
24 ENGLISH
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 24 7/13/2017 9:53:15 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_EN_4.indd 25 7/13/2017 9:53:15 AM The marking of products using lasers The label is attached to the chassis/case and says that the component uses laser beams that have been classified as Class 1. It means that the unit is utilizing laser beams that are of a weaker class. There is no danger of hazardous radiation outside the unit.
ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ / ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ. ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ. ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ.
For Turkey (for ) Bu ürün 28300 sayılı Resmi Gazete’de yayımlanan Atik Elektrikli ve Elektronik Eşyalarin Kontrolü Yönetmeliğe uygun olarak üretilmiştir.
Eski Elektrik ve Elektronik Ekipmanların İmha Edilmesi Hakkında Bilgi (atık yan ürün toplama sistemlerini kullanan ülkeleri için uygulanabilir) Sembollü (üzerinde çarpı işareti olan çöp kutusu) ürünler ev atıkları olarak atılamaz. Eski elektrik ve elektronik ekipmanlar, bu ürünleri ve ürün atıklarını geri dönüştürebilecek bir tesiste değerlendirilmelidir. Yaşadığınız bölgeye en yakın geri dönüşüm tesisinin yerini öğrenmek için yerel makamlara müracaat edin. Uygun geri dönüşüm ve atık imha yöntemi sağlığımız ve çevremiz üzerindeki zararlı etkileri önlerken kaynakların korunmasına da yardımcı olacaktır.
i
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_S00_4.indd i 7/13/2017 9:52:37 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) (For ) • Microsoft and Windows Media are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. • “Made for iPod,” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod Declaration of Conformity with regard to the RE Directive 2014/53/EU or iPhone may affect wireless performance. Declaration of Conformity with regard to the RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU • iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Manufacturer: • Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc. JVC KENWOOD Corporation • Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of 3-12, Moriya-cho, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa, 221-0022, JAPAN Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. EU Representative: • Android is trademark of Google Inc. JVCKENWOOD Europe B.V. Amsterdamseweg 37, 1422 AC UITHOORN, THE NETHERLANDS
English libFLAC Hereby, JVCKENWOOD declares that the radio equipment “KDC-153UM” is in compliance with Directive Copyright (C) 2000-2009 Josh Coalson 2014/53/EU. Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Xiph.Org Foundation The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided http://www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/eudoc/ that the following conditions are met: - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. RE 2014/53/EU Direktifi uyarınca Uygunluk Beyanı - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and RoHS Yönergesi 2011/65/EU'ya göre Uygunluk Bildirimi the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to Üretici: endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. JVC KENWOOD Corporation 3-12, Moriya-cho, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa, 221-0022, JAPAN THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY AB Temsilcisi: EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF JVCKENWOOD Europe B.V. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL Amsterdamseweg 37, 1422 AC UITHOORN, THE NETHERLANDS THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF Turkish SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) Burada, JVCKENWOOD “KDC-153UM” radyo ekipmanının 2014/53/AB Direktifine uygun olduğunu bildirir. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, AB uyumluluk deklarasyonunun tam metni aşağıdaki internet adresinde mevcuttur. OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS http://www.kenwood.com/cs/ce/eudoc/ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ii
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_S00_4.indd ii 7/13/2017 9:52:37 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 25 12/7/2017 9:16:21 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ GaAIAs ﺩﺍﻳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ 50 ﻭﺍﻁ × 4 ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ (D/A) 8 ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ 22 ﻭﺍﻁ × 4 (ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 1 % ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ) ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ 500 ﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ — 200 ﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ (CLV) ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ 4 ﺃﻭﻡ — 8 ﺃﻭﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ 100 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ± 8 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ
ﻣﺸﻐﻞ CD ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ (±1 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) 20 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 20 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ 1.0 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ± 8 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻲ 0.01 % ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺓ 12.5 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ± 8 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ (1 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ/ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ 500 2 ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ/10 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ 105 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ (ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ CD) (1 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ≤ 600 ﺍﻭﻡ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ 90 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ (±3 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) 20 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 20 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ 85 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ 000 1 ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ MP3 ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3 ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ 30 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻡ ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ WMA ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ Windows Media Audio
ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ USB 2.0 ،USB 1.1 USB ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 14.4 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ (ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ 10.5 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ — 16 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ) ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ FAT12/32/16 10 5 1 ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ
USB ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻺﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 10– ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ — 60+ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻠﺰﻳﻮﺱ ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ MP3 ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3 ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ 182 ﻣﻢ × 53 ﻣﻢ × 158 ﻣﻢ ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ WMA ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ Windows Media Audio (ﻋﺮﺽ × ﻃﻮﻝ × ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ) ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ PCM WAV ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ (ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ 1.2 ﻛﺠﻢ 16 48 FLAC FLAC ﻓﻚ ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻠﻒ (ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ/ ﺑﺖ) ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺠﻴﺪ، ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ)
ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ.
24 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 24 12/7/2017 9:16:21 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ
: : / / FM FM ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ 87.5 ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 108.0 ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ 87.5 ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 108.0 ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ (ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ 50 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) (ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ 50 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ dBf 8.2 (0.71 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ/ 75 ﺍﻭﻡ) ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ 0.71 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ/ 75 ﺍﻭﻡ (S/N = 26 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) (S/N = 26 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) ﺗﻬﺪﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ dBf 17.2 (2.0 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ/ 75 ﺍﻭﻡ) ﺗﻬﺪﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ 2.0 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ/ 75 ﺍﻭﻡ (DIN S/N = 46 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻒ (DIN S/N = 46 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ (±3 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) 30 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 15 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ (±3 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) 30 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 15 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ 64 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ 64 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ (ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ) (ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ) ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ (1 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) 40 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ (1 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) 40 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ AM AM ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ 1 531 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ 531 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 602 1 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻒ (MW) 602 1 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ (ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ (ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ 9 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) 9 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ 28.2 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ 2 940 2 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — (S/N = 20 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) (SW1) 735 7 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ 18 135 2 940 SW * (ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ 5 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ( ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ — ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ . ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ 3 500 9 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — (SW2) 135 10 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ/ 580 11 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ — 135 18 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ (ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ 5 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ) ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ 1 9 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ 2/ 3 5 ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ MW ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ 29.0 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ (S/N = 20 ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ) (28.2 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ) SW 30 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ (32 ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ)
23 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 23 12/7/2017 9:16:21 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ/ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ ) ISO ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ : ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ (10 ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ) ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﻳﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ. ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ.
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ، ﺻﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ISO ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻮﻟﻜﺲ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ. ﻓﺎﺟﻦ/ﺃﻭﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺑﻞ (ﻓﻮﻛﺲ ﻫﻮﻝ) ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ، ﻓﻼ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﺒﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ. ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ (ﺃﺣﻤﺮ) A7 (ﺃﺣﻤﺮ) ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ A4 ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ/ﺃﺻﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ) ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ (ﺃﺻﻔﺮ) (ﺃﺻﻔﺮ) ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ) ﺃﺣﻤﺮ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ) ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ 2* ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ/ﺃﺑﻴﺾ A4 ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ، ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ : ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ A5 A7 1* ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ( ) ﺃﺯﺭﻕ/ﺃﺑﻴﺾ : ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ/ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ A7 ﺃﺣﻤﺮ : ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ (ACC) ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ) A8 ﺃﺳﻮﺩ : ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ] B1 A4 ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﻀﻪ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ ( ) ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ B2 ] : ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ) ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ] B3 (18 ) (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ (ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ B4 ،Kenwood ] : ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ) ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ) ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ). B5 [ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ B6 ] : ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ) ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ: ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﻕ/ﺍﻻﺑﻴﺾ ISO ﺃﺑﻴﺾ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ 1* 2* ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ B7 [ ( ) + ( ) ﻫﻮ 12 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ 350 ﻣﻴﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﻣﺒﻴﺮ. ﺃﺧﻀﺮ B8 ] : ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ) ﺃﺧﻀﺮ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ 22 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 22 12/7/2017 9:16:21 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ/ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ / / ) ﻫﺎﻡ: ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﻳﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ. ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ، ﺻﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ. ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ (10 ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ)
ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ، ﻓﻼ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻳﺒﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ. ﺃﺑﻴﺾ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ) ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﻀﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻥ ﺑﻨﻲ ( 18) ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ) ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ Kenwood (ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ، ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ) ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ.) ﺃﺧﻀﺮ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ) ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ/ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ) ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ/ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ، ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ/ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ) ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ (12 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ 350 ﻣﻴﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ) ﺍﻣﺒﻴﺮ) ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ/ﺃﺻﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ) ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ) ﺃﺳﻮﺩ (ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ)
ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 21 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 21 12/7/2017 9:16:22 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ/ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ (ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ) 1ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ 2 ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ (ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ) ﻣﻊ ﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ (ﻣﺮﻓﻖ).
ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ (22 21 ) ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. ، – – – – – ﺃﻭ – – – – –
ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ: ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ / / : ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ x 8 × M5 4 ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ. ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ( ﻣﻢ) ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ 4 x (M5 × 8 ﻣﻢ) ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ x 8 × M4 1 ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ( ﻣﻢ) (ﺍﺳﻮﺩ)
: ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ 1 ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ (Ø5 × 8 ﻣﻢ) x 4 2 ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ Ø5 × ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻣﺴﻄﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ( x 4 ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ 8 ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ، ﻣﻢ) ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ. ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ 3 ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ (M4 × 8 ﻣﻢ) x 1 ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ (ﺍﺳﻮﺩ) ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ. ﹰﺗﻠﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ. 20 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 20 12/7/2017 9:16:22 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ/ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ
• ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ 12 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ، ﻭﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺳﻠﺒﻲ. ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ • ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ. (B) (A) • ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ (ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ) ﻭﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ (ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ) ﺑﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ (ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ) ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻣﺎﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. • ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ: – ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ. – ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ. – ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﻟﻒ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ.
• ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﺪﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ، ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻦ. ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ. (D) (C) • ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺭﻛﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ. ﻭﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﻴﻦ. [ • ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺭﻳﺾ (ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ) ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ. • ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 30º. • ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻝ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ (ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ) ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ 12 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ. • ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ. (E) • ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ. • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ، ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
1ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ] 2 ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ. ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ. ( 21 22) 3 ، ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ. ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ (ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ). ( 20) [ 4 ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ. (3 ) 5 ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. 19 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 19 12/7/2017 9:16:22 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ
ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ • ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ MUTE ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﹰ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ. ( 21 22) ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ Android. ( 8) ، “CALL” • [BROWSE MODE]. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ. (ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ، ﺗﻈﻬﺮ . ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ، ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ.) • ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ [BROWSE MODE]. ( 15) ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ANDROID • ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ”CALL“ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ. ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ”NO DEVICE“ ﺍﻃﻔﺊ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. • ”CALL“ (ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ.) ﺃﻭ ”READING“ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ، ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ . • ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ، ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ [BROWSE MODE]. ( 15) ﻳﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻃﻔﺊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. • ”ANDROID ERROR“/ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. • ”NA DEVICE“ ﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. “ADD ERROR” ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ. “CHECK DEVICE” ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Pandora ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ. “NO SKIPS” ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ. “NO STATIONS” ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ. “STATION LIMIT” Pandora ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ. ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ. “CONNECT ERROR” ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ. “RATING ERROR” ﺍﺧﻔﻖ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ/ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. “THUMBS N/A” ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ/ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ. “LICENSE ERROR” ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ Pandora ﺑﻬﺎ.
18 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 18 12/7/2017 9:16:22 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ
ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻄﺎﻝ • • ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ. ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ (ﻣﺜﻼ، ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ. • • ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ. ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ). ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ( 5)، ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ. ﺗﻈﻬﺮ MISWIRING CHECK“ ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ، ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ”WIRING THEN PWR ON. ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”NA FILE“ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. ( 15) ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ. ”NO DISC“ ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ. ﻋﺎﻡ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ. ”TOC ERROR“
iPod / USB CD ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ. .“PROTECTING SEND SERVICE” “PLEASE EJECT” • ﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ، ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ. ( 14) • ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻚ. ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ. USB “NO DEVICE” • ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ، ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ USB ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ. ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ. “COPY PRO” ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. ( 3) ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ. ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ. ”NA DEVICE“ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ USB ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ، ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ • ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺭﺩﻱﺀ. ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ. ”USB “NO MUSIC • ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ. ”iPod • “iPod ERROR M ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟـ . • ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ iPod. ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ. ﻛﻦ ﹰﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ • • ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ • [HAND MODE] ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. ( 3) ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ iPod / USB CD ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
• • ANDROID ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺿﺠﻴﺞ. ﺗﺨﻄﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ. ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ [HAND MODE]، ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ Android ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ. ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ. ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ. • ﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android. ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ”READING“ ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ. ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﻓﻆ • ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ، ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ. ﹰ Android ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. ( 15) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ. ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ.
17 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 17 12/7/2017 9:16:22 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ DISP، ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. • ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ، ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ”NO TEXT“ ﺃﻭ ”NO INFO“ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ (ﻣﺜﻼ، ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ، ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ).
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ / / STANDBY ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) RADIO ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) Radio Data System Radio Data System (ﻣﺘﺎﺡ FMﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ (ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ) ﻋﻠﻰ (ﻣﺘﺎﺡ FMﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ (ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ) ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ) ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ+ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ+ (+R.TEXT) ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ (ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ) ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) CD-DA CD-DA USB CD ﺃﻭ (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ ) (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ (ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ (ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC MP3/WMA/WAV/FLAC (ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ) (ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ (ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) iPod ﺃﻭ ANDROID ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [BROWSE MODE]/[MODE OFF]. ( 9) ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [BROWSE MODE]. ( 9) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ/ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) PANDORA ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ/ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ) ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ — ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ) AUX ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ (ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ (ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ)
16 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 16 12/7/2017 9:16:23 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ Android •ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ •ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞAndroid OS 4.1 ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻰ. • ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺹ: wma) WMA ،(.mp3) MP3.) ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ Android (ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ OS 4.1 ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻰ) ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ USB ﺫﻭ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ: flac) FLAC ،(.wav) WAV ،(.wma) WMA ،(.mp3) MP3.) ﻛﺎﻣﻞ Android Open Accessory (AOA) 2.0. • • ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: CD-ROM/CD-RW/CD-R ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭ AOA 2.0، ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ • ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: ISO 9660 ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ 1/2، ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ، ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ AOA 2.0 ﻛﺄﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ. • ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ USB ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ: FAT32 ،FAT16 ،FAT12 ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ، ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ Pandora ﹰ •ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻭﺿﻊ Pandora ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ
15 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 15 12/7/2017 9:16:25 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ XX ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ DISPLAY ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ COLOR SELECT (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ / / ) ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ. ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ALL ZONE ﻭ ZONE 1 ﻭ ZONE 2 ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ. 1 13 ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ. (ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ .) ﻓﻚ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ 2 ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ. ﻗﻄﻦ، ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ. CUSTOM R/G/B/VARIABLE SCAN/INITIAL COLOR/ﺍﻻﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ* ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ (ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﺍﺧﺘﺮ [CUSTOM R/G/B]. ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ [CUSTOM R/G/B] ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ) ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻲ . •ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ 1 ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ • ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ. ﻻ ﺗﻠﺼﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﹰﻣﻠﺼﻮﻗﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ B G R S T 2 ﺷﺮﻳﻂ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ / ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ( / / ) (ﺃﺣﻤﺮ/ﺃﺧﻀﺮ/ﺑﻨﻲ) • ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ. ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ. • 3 0 9 ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ. ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ (ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ )، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ • ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ، ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ. DIMMER • ﹰ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺆﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ. ON: ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﺀ. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. DIMMER TIME: ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ. ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ 1 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ [ON]، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟـ: – ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. OFF] 2] – ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ . (ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: 6:00 6:00AM AM6:00 [OFF] 18:00 6:00PM PM6:00 [ON] : ، ، ؛ : ، ، ) •ﻋﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ CD ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: BRIGHTNESS 1 ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ. (ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ 13.) 2 0 — 31: ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ. ONCE AUTO TEXT SCROLL / : ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ، ﺃﻭ • OFF ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ، ﻗﻢ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ. ؛ : ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. * ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ . ﺍﻻﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ: PURPLE3/PURPLE2/PURPLE1/RED3/RED2/RED1/ /AQUA2/AQUA1/LIGHTBLUE/SKYBLUE2/SKYBLUE1/BLUE3/BLUE2/BLUE1/PURPLE4 /ORANGE1/YELLOW/YELLOWGREEN2/YELLOWGREEN1/GREEN3/GREEN2/GREEN1 ORANGERED/ORANGE2 14 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 14 12/7/2017 9:16:25 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ R15 FADER ﺇﻟﻰ F15 (0): ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ. L15 BALANCE ﺇﻟﻰ R15 (0): ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ. VOLUME OFFSET ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ AUX: 8– ﺇﻟﻰ 8+ (0) ؛ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ: 8– ﺇﻟﻰ 0: ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ. (ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ، ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ.) ON SOUND RECNSTR : ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ (ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ) ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺿﺎﻋﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ • ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [SUB-W PHASE]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUBWOOFER SET]/[SUB-W LEVEL] ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ [SWITCH PREOUT] ﻋﻠﻰ [SUBWOOFER] ﺃﻭ [SUB-W]. ( 4) • ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [SUB-W PHASE]/[LPF SUBWOOFER]/[SUB-W LEVEL] ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ [SUBWOOFER SET] ﻋﻠﻰ [ON]. ( 12)
ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ DISP ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ. • ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ [DIMMER TIME] ( 14)، ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ.
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ [FUNCTION] 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ( 14)ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . 3 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ 2ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ 4 ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ .
13 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 13 12/7/2017 9:16:25 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ... 2.5KHZ/1.5KHZ/1.0KHZ/0.5KHZ MID CTR FRQ MID ADJUST: ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ AUDIO CONTROL] AUD 1] ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ. 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ (ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ)، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ MID LEVEL 8– ﺇﻟﻰ 8+ (1+): ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ. ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. MID Q FACTOR 2 3 0.75/1.00/1.25: ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ. 4 ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. 17.5KHZ/15.0KHZ/12.5KHZ/10.0KHZ TRE CTR FRQ TRE ADJUST: ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ . ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ. +1 +8 –8 TRE LEVEL (ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ) ﺇﻟﻰ ( ): ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ. /NATURAL/JAZZ/EASY/POPS/ROCK/POWERFUL/TOP40/DRIVE EQ PRESET EQ USER [AUDIO CONTROL] AUD 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ J Kﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ . : ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﹸﺍﻟﻤ ﹺﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . (ﺍﺧﺘﺮ [USER] ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ [EQ PRO].) ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ [DRIVE EQ] ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: XX ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ. LEVEL3/LEVEL2/LEVEL1 BASS BOOST AUDIO CONTROL ﺃﻭ LV3/LV2/LV1: ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ OFF SUB-W LEVEL 15– 15+ 0 ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ. ؛ : ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ﺇﻟﻰ ( ) ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. LV2 LV1 LEVEL2 LEVEL1 LOUDNESS BASS LEVEL 8– 8+ 2+ / ﺃﻭ / : ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ( ) ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ. (ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ OFF MID LEVEL 8– ﺇﻟﻰ 8+ (1+) ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ. ؛ : ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ، ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ.) OFF ON SUBWOOFER SET TRE LEVEL 8– ﺇﻟﻰ 8+ (1+) : ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ. ؛ : ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. THROUGH LPF SUBWOOFER EQ PRO (ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟـ [USER].) : ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ. ؛ 160HZ/120HZ/85HZ: ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 200HZ/100HZ/80HZ/60HZ BASS CTR FRQ BASS ADJUST ﺃﻭ 60/80/100/200: ﹸ 85 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ/120 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ/160 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ. ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ. NORMAL/(180°) REVERSE SUB-W PHASE (°0): ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ BASS LEVEL 8– ﺇﻟﻰ 8+ (2+): ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ. ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﹰﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ. (ﻳﻤﻜﻦ BASS Q FACTOR 1.00/1.25/1.50/2.00: ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ. ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ [THROUGH] ﻟﻮﺿﻊ (.[LPF SUBWOOFER] ON BASS EXTEND: ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ.
12 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 12 12/7/2017 9:16:25 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) Pandora® (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ )
ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ 1 ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ PANDORA... 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . [NEW STATION] 1 3 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ [FROM ARTIST]، ﺛﻢ [TRACK ﺍﺿﻐﻂ FROM]ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . [STATION DEL] ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ، ﺛﻢ 3 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ [SORT، BY DATE] ﺛﻢ [BY A-Z ﺍﺿﻐﻂ SORT]ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ، ﺛﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. 4 5 1 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ (ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ. ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ 1 5 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ: ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ (ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ). YES] 5] 6 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ . 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. [SORT BY DATE] : ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ [SORT BY A-Z] : ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻱ J K 3 ﺍﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ (ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ) ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ. 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ (ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ) ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ. ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ .
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”BOOKMARKED“ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ. • ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ Pandora ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ.
11 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 11 12/7/2017 9:16:26 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) Pandora® ANDROID iPod USB CD / / / (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ ) (ﺪﻌﺑ ﻦﻋ ﻢﻜﺤﺘﻟﺍ ﺓﺪﺣﻭ ﻡﺍﺪﺨﺘﺳﺍ) ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ: ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ Pandora ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ (iPod touch/iPhone)، ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ Pandora DIRECT 1 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . 2 • ﺣﺪﺩ [ON] ﻟـ [PANDORA SRC] ﻓﻲ [SOURCE SELECT]. (5 ) 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ/ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ. DIRECT • ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ . ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ • ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ. Pandora 1 ANDROID iPod • ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ . 2 ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ USBﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ. ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ .
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ USB [FUNCTION] 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ (ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ)، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. *1 KCA-iP103 KCA-iP102 2 3 ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ. / (ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ) *2 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ iPhone/iPod ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ . PANDORA ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: XX ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ. USB ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ DRIVE CHANGE MUSIC DRIVE: ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ([DRIVE 1] ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ [DRIVE 5] ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ) ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ 1 ﺇﻟﻰ 3 ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ. ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . T SKIP SEARCH %0.5/%1/%5/%10: ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ iPod ﺃﻭ ANDROID، ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ. 3*ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ / . * 1 KCA-iP102 : ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ 30 ﺩﺑﻮﺱ، KCA-iP103 : ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﺀﺓ * 2 ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ. * 3 ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ، ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ.
10 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 10 12/7/2017 9:16:26 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ANDROID iPod USB CD / / /
ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ/ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ 5 iPod ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ. ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ANDROID/iPod، ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ [BROWSE MODE]/[MODE OFF]. MODE ON : ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ iPod ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ iPod ﻧﻔﺴﻪ. ﻟﻜﻦ، ﻻ 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ/ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ. ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. 3 iPod MODE OFF ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ. : ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ANDROID USB CD ﺑﺤﺚ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ (ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻭ ) 5 ANDROID ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ، ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ. BROWSE MODE: ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ Android ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺒﺮ KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ. ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ANDROID iPod Android. ﺭﺩ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ (ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ) ([SKIP SEARCH] 10 ) S T Android HAND MODE : ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ. ، %10 S T • Android ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ / ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ . Android ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ . ﻟﻜﻦ، ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ANDROID iPod ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ (ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ ) ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ. ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. iPod ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ 1 ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ 2 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ. USB 5 ﺍﺩﺭ ” “ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ. • ﺍﺧﺘﺮ * ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻏﻴﺮ A ﺇﻟﻰ Z ﻭ 0 ﺇﻟﻰ 9. ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ. S / T 3 • Mass Storage Class ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ. ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ( ). • ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ. • ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ. 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. ANDROID TuneIn Radio Pro TuneIn Radio ﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ / / 1 Aupeo ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. (ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻠﻲ ) 2 ﺍﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ. A^ Aupeo TuneIn Radio Pro TuneIn Radio^: ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ (A ﺇﻟﻰ Z) ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭ ، ﺻﻞ _z a _A ﺟﻬﺎﺯ iPod/iPhone ﺍﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ USB ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ. : ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ( ﺇﻟﻰ ) • -0-: ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ (0 ﺇﻟﻰ 9) ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ. Z A 0 9 ***: ﺭﻣﺰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. • ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻲ/ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ/ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ 5. • ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ . • ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ . 9 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 9 12/7/2017 9:16:26 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ANDROID iPod USB CD / / / ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ: iPod USB CD : ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. / / / CD ﹰ ANDROID M ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ : ANDROID USB CD ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ / /
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . *4 USB ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ/ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ Tﺍﺿﻐﻂ Sﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ Sﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ . / . / USB S S T ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ/ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / . *5 mA CA-U1EX 500 ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / . (ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ.: ) 6* (ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ) ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ. ALL REPEAT/TRACK REPEAT iPhone iPod: ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ / ALL REPEAT/FOLDER REPEAT/FILE REPEAT: ﻣﻠﻒ FLAC/WAV/WMA/MP3 iPod :REPEAT OFF/FOLDER REPEAT/FILE REPEAT ﺃﻭ ANDROID KCA-iP103/KCA-iP102 *1 (ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ) ﺍﻭ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ. *6 *2 ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ iPhone/iPod ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ RANDOM OFF/DISC RANDOM: ﻗﺮﺹ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ RANDOM OFF/FOLDER RANDOM: ﻣﻠﻒ iPod، FLAC/WAV/WMA/MP3 ﺃﻭ ANDROID *7 ALL RANDOM ANDROID*3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ . * 1 KCA-iP102 : ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ 30 ﺩﺑﻮﺱ، KCA-iP103 : ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﺀﺓ * 2 ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ. “Press [VIEW] to install KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY APP” Android * 3 *2 ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USB (ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺀ) ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ، ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ . ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ. ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ KENWOOD MUSIC PLAY ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ Android ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ. ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ . * 4 ﻟـ ANDROID: ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [BROWSE MODE]. ( 9) * 5 ﻟـ CD: ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ WMA/MP3. ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ANDROID/iPod. * 6 ﻟـ ANDROID/iPod: ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [BROWSE MODE]/[MODE OFF]. ( 9) * 7 ﻟـ CD: ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ WMA/MP3. 8 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 8 12/7/2017 9:16:26 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) AUX ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ON TI : ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ [ON]ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ: [SOURCE SELECT] [BUILT-IN AUX] ( 5) (ﻳﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ”TI“). ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟـ ﻓﻲ . PTY SEARCH 1 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ 1 FRENCH ENGLISH PTY 2 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻐﺔ ( / / ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ (ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺀ). GERMAN)، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. S T ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. CLOCK ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ
ON TIME SYNC: ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ.
3.5 [PTY SEARCH] ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﻢ ﻣﻊ AFFAIRS ،NEWS : SPEECH، (ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ) CULTURE ،DRAMA ،EDUCATE ،SPORT ،INFO، ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ”L“ (ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺍﺀ) RELIGION ،SOCIAL ،CHILDREN ،FINANCE ،WEATHER ،VARIED ،SCIENCE، AUX 2 DOCUMENT LEISURE TRAVEL PHONE IN ، ، ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ . 3 EASY M ROCK M POP M MUSIC : (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) ، (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) ، (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) CLASSICS ،LIGHT M، (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) COUNTRY ،JAZZ ،OTHER M، FOLK M OLDIES NATION M (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) ، ، (ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ) AUX ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ ﺗﺤﺖ [SPEECH] ﺃﻭ [MUSIC] ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ. ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺳﻢ • [PTY SEARCH] [TI] [AF SET] REGIONAL] [NEWS SET] [MONO SET] ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ... ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ / /[ / / / ﺇﺫﺍ FUNCTION] 1] FM3 FM2 FM1 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ / / ﻓﻘﻂ. SYSTEM] 2] • ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ، ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺍﺕ AUX NAME SET] 3] ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ، ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ. ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ. 4 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. AUX (ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ)/TV/VIDEO/GAME/PORTABLE/DVD 5 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ .
7 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 7 12/7/2017 9:16:26 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ [FUNCTION] 1 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . 2 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ (ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ)، ﺛﻢ 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ 2ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. 4 ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ: ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ . SW2/SW1/AM/FM3/FM2/FM1 : / / AM FM3 FM2 FM1 : / / / ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: XX TUNER SETTING ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ 1* ON LOCAL SEEK: ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. • RADIO 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ . ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ/ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ (ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ/ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ، ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ 3 ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ Tﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ)S ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ. S ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / (ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ / ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ) YES AUTO: ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ 6 ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺟﻴﺪ. ؛ ON: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ. • ﹰ MEMORY ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [NORMAL] ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ S T • / : ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ. [PRESET TYPE]. ( 5) ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ AUTO1ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟـ : ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ. ON MONO SET AUTO2: ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ FM ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪﻩ. ؛ : ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ. OFF MANUAL : ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ. : ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. • ﹰ ON NEWS SET 6 1 ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ: ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ (ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ). : ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ. ؛ • OFF 6 1 ﹰ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ: ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ (ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ) (ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ : ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. 2 6 1 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ (ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ) ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ). *ON REGIONAL: ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ”AF“. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ON AF SET*2 ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ (ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ) : ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ DIRECT 1 ﺷﺒﻜﺔ Radio Data System ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ. 2 ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﺊ. ؛ OFF: ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ. * 1 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ. / / : ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ SW2/SW1/AM ﻓﻘﻂ. • DIRECT : ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ FM ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ . OFF] * 2] • ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ 10 ﹴﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ 2، ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ / / : ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: : ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: [ON] ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ. 6 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 6 12/7/2017 9:16:26 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
1 CD READ DISPLAY : ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ CD EASY MENU ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ. ؛ (ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ) CD 2 ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ [FUNCTION]... : ﻳﺠﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺄﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ. ﻻ ON: ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ZONE 1 ﺍﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﻴﺾ. ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ. OFF: ﻳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ZONE 1 ﻛﻠﻮﻥ [F/W UPDATE (14 ) .[COLOR SELECT ZONE 2 • ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ UPDATE SYSTEM [FUNCTION]، ﺑﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ [EASY MENU]. F/W UP xxxx 13 • ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ. YES: ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ. ؛ NO: ﻳﻠﻐﻲ (ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﻄﺔ). TUNER SETTING ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ .
5 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 5 12/7/2017 9:16:27 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ [DATE FORMAT] 7 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ 8 ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. [MM/DD/YY] [DD/MM/YY] ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ 9 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. [DATE SET] 10 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. 1 ﻳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺃﻟﻎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ 11 ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ (ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ)، ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. “VOLUME KNOB” “PRESS” “SEL LANGUAGE” ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ . 1 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ: 3 ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ / / : [ENG] (ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ)/ STANDBY 1 [TUR] (ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺔ) ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ . : [EN] (ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ)/[RU] (ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺳﻴﺔ)/[TU] (ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺔ)/ FUNCTION] 2] [SP] ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . (ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ) • ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ AUD ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ [AUDIO CONTROL]. 3 [EN] [ENG] ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ / ﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ. ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ (ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ)، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ”VOLUME KNOB” “PRESS” “CANCEL DEMO“. 2 4 ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ. ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ [YES] ﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ. 5 3 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ. ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”DEMO OFF“. ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ، ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ .
2 ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ: XX ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ AUDIO CONTROL [FUNCTION] 1 2 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ [CLOCK]ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ . REAR SUB-W REAR SUBWOOFER SWITCH PREOUT ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. / ﺃﻭ / : ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ( 21, 22) CLOCK ADJUST] 3] (ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ). ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ OEM 6 × 9/6 5/4 OFF SP SELECT / / / : ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ 4 ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. OEM –6 –6×9 –4 –5 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. ( ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ، ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ) ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ. [CLOCK FORMAT] 5 ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ 6 ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. [24H] [12H] ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ، ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ. 4 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 4 12/7/2017 9:16:27 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﺃﹶ ﹺﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﹼ RC-406 ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ( ) ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ (ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻊ.) ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ
ﻗﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ * ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ.
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ : ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ : ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ. ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ.
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ SRC ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ . ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. SRC • ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ( ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ) ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﻭ . • ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ 15 ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ATT ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ. • ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. SRC ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ. ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ. (16 ) DISP ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ. ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ) 3 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 3 12/7/2017 9:16:28 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ 2 ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ •ﻫﺎﻡ 3 ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ، ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻤﻌﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ. ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﹶ ﹺﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﹼ • ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ. ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ 4 1 ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺃﻟﻎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ • ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ. • 2 ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ، ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ 3 ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ/ﺯﺭ. ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ/ﺯﺭ، ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ 6 ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ AUX 7 ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﹰﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ، ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ. ﹼ ﹰ ANDROID iPod USB CD 8 ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ، ﻓﺎﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ. / / / ®Pandora 10 ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ •ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ: 12 • ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ. ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ. 13 ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ •ﻋﺎﻡ: 14 • ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ. ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ. ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻧﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ • ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ. ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ • ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ (ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ) ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ، ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ. (22 ,21 ) • 17 ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ . ﺍﻃﻔﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ STANDBY ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺳﻘﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ. 19 ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ/ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ RC-406 •ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ( ): 23 ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ. ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ • ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ. ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ • ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ. ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ.
•ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ . • ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻻﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ. ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ [FUNCTION]. ( 5) • [XX] ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ. • ( XX) ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ. 2 ﻋﺮﺑﻲ
Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_AR.indd 2 12/7/2017 9:16:28 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) KDC-153UM KDC-220UI KDC-120U KDC-1030U
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ CD ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
JS_KWD_KDC_220UI_MN_C00_4.indd 2 Data Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm) 7/13/2017 9:51:55 AM Book Size: B6L (182 mm x 128 mm)